-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Mon Jan 11 00:09:46 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
/* HAS_QUAD:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
* of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
* or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#define CPPMINUS ""
-#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
+#else
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#define CASTI32 /**/
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
- */
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
*/
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
+#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
*/
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
+/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE / **/
+#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static /**/
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
*/
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#define CPPMINUS ""
+#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
+#define CPPLAST ""
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
*/
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
*/
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
*/
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
*/
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
*/
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
*/
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
#endif
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
*/
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
*/
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
*/
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
*/
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
*/
-#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
*/
-#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
*/
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
*/
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
*/
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
*/
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
*/
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
*/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/
#endif
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
#endif
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
*/
-#define CASTI32 /**/
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE / **/
-#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static /**/
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
+
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
#endif
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
-#endif
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
+#endif
+
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+ */
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
+ */
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
+
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
+ */
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
+
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+ */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
+#else
+#define _(args) ()
+#endif
+
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
/* HAS_QUAD:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
* of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
* or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-# define CPPMINUS "-"
-# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
#else
-# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-# define CPPMINUS ""
-# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CASTI32 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-# ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
-# else
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-# endif
-#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
- */
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
- */
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
*/
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
+#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
*/
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
+#else
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
+#endif
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
*/
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+# define CPPMINUS "-"
+# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#else
+# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+# define CPPMINUS ""
+# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
*/
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
*/
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
*/
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
*/
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
*/
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
*/
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
-#endif
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
+#endif
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
*/
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
*/
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
*/
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
*/
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
*/
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
*/
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
*/
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
*/
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
*/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
*/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
*/
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CASTI32 /**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+# ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
+# else
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+# endif
+#endif
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
#endif
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
-#else
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
+
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
+#endif
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+ */
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
+
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
+ */
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
+#endif
+
+/* I_DIRENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
+ */
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
+ */
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
+
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+ */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
+#else
+#define _(args) ()
+#endif
+
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
/* HAS_QUAD:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
* of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
* or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
-# define CPPMINUS "-"
-# define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
#else
-# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-# define CPPMINUS ""
-# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CASTI32 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-# ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
-# else
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-# endif
-#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
- */
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
- */
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
- */
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
- */
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
-
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
- */
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
- */
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
-
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
* This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
*/
/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
/* PRIVLIB:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
* The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
- */
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
- */
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
-#endif
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
/* SITEARCH:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
-
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
/* USE_ITHREADS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
#endif
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CASTI32 /**/
-#endif
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+# define CPPMINUS "-"
+# define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+#else
+# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+# define CPPMINUS ""
+# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+# ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
+# else
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+# endif
+#endif
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
+#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
+
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
+ */
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+ */
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
+#endif
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
*/
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
-#else
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
+ */
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
#endif
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-/* I_TIME:
+/* I_PWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+ * include <pwd.h>.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
#else
-# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#define _(args) ()
#endif
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep 1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
/* HAS_QUAD:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
* of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
* or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-# define CPPMINUS "-"
-# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
#else
-# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-# define CPPMINUS ""
-# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CASTI32 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-# ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
-# else
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-# endif
-#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
- */
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
- */
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
- */
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
- */
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
-
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
- */
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
- */
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
-
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
* This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
*/
/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
/* PRIVLIB:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
* The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
- */
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
- */
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
-#endif
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
/* SITEARCH:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
-
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
/* USE_ITHREADS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
#endif
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define CASTI32 /**/
-#endif
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+# define CPPMINUS "-"
+# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#else
+# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+# define CPPMINUS ""
+# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+# ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
+# else
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+# endif
+#endif
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
+#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
+
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
+ */
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+ */
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
+#endif
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
*/
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
-#else
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
+ */
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
#endif
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-/* I_TIME:
+/* I_PWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+ * include <pwd.h>.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
#else
-# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#define _(args) ()
#endif
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Sat Jan 9 17:22:03 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
/* HAS_QUAD:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
* of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
* or QUAD_IS___INT64.
*/
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-# define CPPMINUS ""
-# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
#else
-# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-# define CPPMINUS "-"
-# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define CASTI32 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-# ifndef __GNUC__
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-# else
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
-# endif
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
*/
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
+#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
*/
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
*/
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
*/
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
*/
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
+#else
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
+#endif
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
*/
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+# define CPPMINUS ""
+# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#else
+# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+# define CPPMINUS "-"
+# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
*/
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
*/
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
*/
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
*/
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
*/
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
*/
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
#endif
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
*/
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
*/
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
*/
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
*/
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
*/
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
*/
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
*/
-#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
*/
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
*/
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- * Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
*/
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
*/
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
*/
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
*/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
*/
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
*/
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
*/
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define CASTI32 /**/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+# ifndef __GNUC__
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+# else
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
+# endif
#endif
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
*/
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
*/
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
-#else
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
-#endif
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
+#endif
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
+
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
+#endif
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+ */
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
+ */
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
+ */
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
+ */
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
+
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
+ */
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
+
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
+ */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
+#else
+#define _(args) ()
+#endif
+
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
* gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
* running Configure.
*
* Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however,
* that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
* For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
*/
-/*
- * Package name : perl5
+/* Package name : perl5
* Source directory :
- * Configuration time: Sat Jan 9 17:22:03 2010
- * Configured by : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by : shay
* Target system :
*/
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
* to encrypt passwords and the like.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT / **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT /**/
/* HAS_CTERMID:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
# define QUAD_IS___INT64 5
#endif
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
*/
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
*/
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
/* ARCHLIB:
* This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ * determine the byte order.
+ * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
+ * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
*/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-# define CPPMINUS ""
-# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+# if LONGSIZE == 4
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# else
+# if LONGSIZE == 8
+# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+# endif
#else
-# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-# define CPPMINUS "-"
-# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
/* HAS_ACCESSX:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R / **/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define CASTI32 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
*/
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ * 0 = ok
+ * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
*/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
+#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HASCONST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- * trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ * does not return a value.
*/
-#define HASCONST /**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R / **/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
-
/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
* is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R / **/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
/* HAS_EACCESS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
* available to do extended access checks.
*/
/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
* is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
* is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
* is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
* is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
* is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
* is available to endservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * The usual values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R / **/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
* is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R / **/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
* is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R / **/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
* is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R / **/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
* is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R / **/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
* is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R / **/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
* is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R / **/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
* is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R / **/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
+ * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R / **/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
*/
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-# ifndef __GNUC__
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-# else
-# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
-# endif
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available to setup fork handlers.
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available to setup fork handlers.
*/
/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
/*#define HAS_READDIR_R / **/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
* is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
* is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
* is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
* is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
* is available to setservent re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* Shmat_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
- */
-/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
- * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
- * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
- * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
- * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
*/
-#define Shmat_t void * /**/
-/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R / **/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
- * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
- * routine of some sort instead.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
*/
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R / **/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
-/* HAS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME /**/
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-
/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
* is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R / **/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
*/
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
- * fork routine is available.
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
*/
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-/* HASVOLATILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- * the volatile declaration.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define HASVOLATILE /**/
-#ifndef HASVOLATILE
-#define volatile
-#endif
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/access.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/security.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
*/
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* I_DIRENT:
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
- * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
- * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
*/
-/* DIRNAMLEN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
- * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
- * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
*/
-/* Direntry_t:
- * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
- * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
- * portably declare your directory entries.
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
*/
-#define I_DIRENT /**/
-#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
-#define Direntry_t struct direct
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
*/
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
*/
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-/* I_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-/* I_GDBMNDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in RedHat 7.1.
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
*/
-/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
- * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
- * in Debian 4.0.
- */
-/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
- * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
- * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
- * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
- */
-/*#define I_NDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
-/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
-/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-
-/* I_NET_ERRNO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
- */
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
- */
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
- */
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
-
-/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
- */
-#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
- */
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
-
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
*/
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
*/
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
* This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
*/
/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
/* PRIVLIB:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
* The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/
#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
-/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
- * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
- * function prototypes.
- */
-/* _:
- * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
- * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
- * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
- *
- * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
*/
-#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
-#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
-#define _(args) args
-#else
-#define _(args) ()
-#endif
+#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
*/
-#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
-
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
- */
-#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
- * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
*/
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name_init list.
- * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
- * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
*/
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
- * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
*/
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
+#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
/* SITEARCH:
* This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL)) /**/
#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
-
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
*/
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
/* USE_ITHREADS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
+ * from another translation unit.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
+ * to something that gives static linkage.
+ * Possibilities include
+ * static inline (c99)
+ * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
+ * static __inline (MSVC)
+ * static _inline (older MSVC)
+ * static (c89 compilers)
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
#endif
-/* BYTEORDER:
- * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- * determine the byte order.
- * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters
- * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- * This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
*/
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# if LONGSIZE == 4
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# else
-# if LONGSIZE == 8
-# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-# define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-# endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-/* CHARBITS:
- * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#define CHARBITS 8 /**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
*/
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define CASTI32 /**/
-#endif
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- * 0 = ok
- * 1 = couldn't cast < 0
- * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
*/
-#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- * does not return a value.
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
*/
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+# define CPPMINUS ""
+# define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#else
+# define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+# define CPPMINUS "-"
+# define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
*/
-#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * The usual values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT / **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED / **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT / **/
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
+/* HASCONST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ * trigger the necessary tests.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
+#define HASCONST /**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use
- * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
*/
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
#endif
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
*/
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
*/
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
*/
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
*/
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
*/
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
*/
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+# ifndef __GNUC__
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+# else
+# define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called
- * from another translation unit.
+/* Shmat_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
*/
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined
- * to something that gives static linkage.
- * Possibilities include
- * static inline (c99)
- * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi)
- * static __inline (MSVC)
- * static _inline (older MSVC)
- * static (c89 compilers)
+/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
+ * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to
+ * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
+ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
+ * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
*/
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE /**/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline /**/
-#else
-# define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ /**/
+#define Shmat_t void * /**/
+/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ * the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+#define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID /**/
+
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
#endif
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
+/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
+ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
+ * routine of some sort instead.
*/
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
*/
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
*/
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
*/
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
+
+/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
+ * fork routine is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HASVOLATILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ * the volatile declaration.
+ */
+#define HASVOLATILE /**/
+#ifndef HASVOLATILE
+#define volatile
#endif
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+/* I_DIRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
+ * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
+ * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
*/
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* DIRNAMLEN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
+ * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise
+ * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
+ */
+/* Direntry_t:
+ * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
+ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
+ * portably declare your directory entries.
+ */
+#define I_DIRENT /**/
+#define DIRNAMLEN /**/
+#define Direntry_t struct direct
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
+ */
+/* I_GDBMNDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in RedHat 7.1.
+ */
+/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
+ * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
+ * in Debian 4.0.
+ */
+/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
+ * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
+ * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
+ * K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define I_NDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBMNDBM / **/
+/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM / **/
+/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / **/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
+/* I_NET_ERRNO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/
-/* I_TIME:
+/* I_PWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
+ * include <pwd.h>.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
*/
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
*/
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
*/
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE / **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF / **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
*/
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
*/
-#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
*/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */
+#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
+ * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
+ * function prototypes.
+ */
+/* _:
+ * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
+ * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
+ * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example:
+ *
+ * int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
+ */
+#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/
+#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
+#define _(args) args
#else
-# define SSize_t long long /* signed count of bytes */
+#define _(args) ()
#endif
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
+ * not from sig_name (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name_init list.
+ * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
+ * not from sig_num (which is unused).
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
+ * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
*/
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
* (with a suffix) temporary file.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL / **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME / **/
+
/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
* This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
* to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
* This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
* value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
* conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
*/
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
*/
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1 /* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4 /* st_ino size */
+
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
* script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
* This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
* the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
*/
-#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN 0 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX 2147483647 /**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN 0 /**/
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8 /**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
+
#endif